1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
8 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
22 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
26 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
27 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
35 #include "blockinput.h"
37 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
38 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
39 #include "syssignal.h"
41 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
42 if this is not done before the other system files. */
44 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
46 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
47 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
49 #include <sys/types.h>
53 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
54 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
58 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
65 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
66 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
69 #include "character.h"
72 #include "dispextern.h"
74 #include "termhooks.h"
77 #include "emacs-icon.h"
82 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
134 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
137 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
140 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
141 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
142 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
144 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
146 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
147 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
148 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
153 #ifndef XtNinitialState
154 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
158 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
162 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
167 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
169 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
171 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
174 static int any_help_event_p
;
176 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
177 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
179 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
181 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
183 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
185 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
187 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
190 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
192 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
193 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
194 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
195 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
197 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
199 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
200 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
201 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
202 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
204 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
206 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
208 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
211 /* The application context for Xt use. */
212 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
213 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
214 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
216 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
218 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
220 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
221 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
223 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
225 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
226 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
227 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
229 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
233 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
234 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
235 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
236 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
238 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
240 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
241 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
242 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
243 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
244 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
245 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
246 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
247 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
248 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
251 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
253 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
254 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
255 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
257 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
259 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
260 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
263 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
264 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
267 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
269 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
270 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
271 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
272 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
273 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
274 it's somewhat accurate. */
276 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
278 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
280 static Time last_user_time
;
282 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
286 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
288 static int input_signal_count
;
291 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
293 static int x_noop_count
;
295 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
297 extern char **initial_argv
;
298 extern int initial_argc
;
300 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
302 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
304 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
306 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
310 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
312 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
314 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
316 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
317 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
318 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
320 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
321 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
323 /* Used in x_flush. */
325 extern Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
;
327 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
328 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
330 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
331 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
332 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
333 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
335 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
336 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
337 void x_delete_terminal
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
338 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
339 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
340 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
341 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
342 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
343 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
344 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
345 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
346 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
347 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
348 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
349 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
350 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
351 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
352 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
353 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
354 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
356 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
357 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
358 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
359 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
360 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
361 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
362 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
363 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
364 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
366 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
367 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
368 static void x_sync_with_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
369 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
370 int *, struct input_event
*));
371 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
372 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
373 static SIGTYPE x_connection_closed
P_ ((Display
*, char *));
376 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
382 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
383 connection may be broken. */
384 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
390 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
391 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
392 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
393 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
395 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
396 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
401 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
402 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
403 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
404 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
405 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
408 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
411 /***********************************************************************
413 ***********************************************************************/
417 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
418 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
426 struct record event_record
[100];
428 int event_record_index
;
430 record_event (locus
, type
)
434 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
435 event_record_index
= 0;
437 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
438 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
439 event_record_index
++;
446 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
448 struct x_display_info
*
449 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
452 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
454 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
455 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
461 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
462 #define OPACITY "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY"
465 x_set_frame_alpha (f
)
468 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
469 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
470 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
472 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
475 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
476 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
477 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
478 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT(f
)->parent_desc
;
480 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
485 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
486 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
487 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
488 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
492 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
494 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
497 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
499 /* return unless necessary */
504 unsigned long n
, left
;
506 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
507 rc
= XGetWindowProperty(dpy
, win
, XInternAtom(dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
508 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
509 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
512 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
513 if (*(unsigned long *)data
== opac
)
515 XFree ((void *) data
);
520 XFree ((void *) data
);
524 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
525 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, XInternAtom (dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
526 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
527 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
532 x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
)
533 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
535 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
539 x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
)
540 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
542 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
546 /***********************************************************************
547 Starting and ending an update
548 ***********************************************************************/
550 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
551 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
552 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
553 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
554 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
564 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
565 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
569 x_update_window_begin (w
)
572 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
573 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
576 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
580 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
582 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
583 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
585 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
587 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
588 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
590 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
591 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
592 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
593 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
594 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
595 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
597 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
598 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
599 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
600 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
601 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
602 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
603 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
607 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
608 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
611 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
612 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
621 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
624 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
628 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
631 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
633 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
636 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
637 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
640 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
642 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
643 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
645 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
646 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
647 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
649 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
650 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
654 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
656 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
658 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
660 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
665 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
667 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
669 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
670 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
675 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
676 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
677 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
679 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
680 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
681 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
684 updated_window
= NULL
;
688 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
695 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
696 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
700 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
706 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
707 complete update has been performed. The global variable
708 updated_window is not available here. */
711 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
716 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
718 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
719 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
722 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
723 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
724 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
725 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
726 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
733 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
734 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
735 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
736 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
737 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
738 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
741 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
742 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
744 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
750 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
751 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
753 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
754 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
755 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
756 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
757 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
758 overhead is very small. */
759 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
760 && desired_row
->full_width_p
761 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
762 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
764 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
767 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
769 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
770 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
771 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
775 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
776 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
777 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
778 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
779 y
, width
, height
, False
);
785 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
787 struct glyph_row
*row
;
788 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
790 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
791 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
792 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
793 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
794 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
797 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
798 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
801 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
804 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
805 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
806 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
807 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
809 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
812 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
816 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
818 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
819 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
820 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
821 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
823 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
825 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
827 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
828 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
829 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
830 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
831 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
832 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
833 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
834 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
836 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
840 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
841 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
842 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
846 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
847 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
848 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
849 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
853 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
855 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
856 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
858 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
863 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
865 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
866 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
868 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
869 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
874 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
875 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
878 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
884 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
885 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
889 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
891 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
893 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
895 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
897 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
898 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
900 face
->background
, depth
);
904 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
905 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
908 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
909 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
910 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
911 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
914 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
915 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
916 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
920 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
921 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
922 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
926 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
931 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
932 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
933 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
937 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
941 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
942 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
945 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
950 /***********************************************************************
952 ***********************************************************************/
956 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
957 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
958 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
960 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
961 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
962 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
963 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
964 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
965 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
966 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
967 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
968 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
969 unsigned long *, double, int));
970 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
971 double, int, unsigned long));
972 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
973 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
974 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
975 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
976 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
977 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
979 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
980 int, int, int, int, int, int,
982 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
983 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
986 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct font
*));
990 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
995 struct glyph_string
*s
;
997 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
998 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
999 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1001 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1004 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1008 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1009 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1011 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1012 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1013 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1014 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1015 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1016 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1017 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1019 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1020 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1021 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1023 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1024 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1027 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1028 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1029 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1031 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1032 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1035 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1036 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1038 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1043 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1046 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1047 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1052 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1053 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1054 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1056 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1058 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1059 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1061 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1062 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1063 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1065 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1066 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1069 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1074 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1075 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1076 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1077 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1079 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1080 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1083 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1084 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1086 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1089 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1093 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1094 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1095 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1098 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1099 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1101 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1105 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1106 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1110 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1111 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1113 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1115 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1117 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1118 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1120 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1122 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1123 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1125 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1127 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1130 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1132 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1133 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1135 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1136 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1138 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1139 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1143 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1144 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1147 /* GC must have been set. */
1148 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1152 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1153 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1156 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1157 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1159 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1160 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1163 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1168 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1169 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1173 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (src
, dst
)
1174 struct glyph_string
*src
, *dst
;
1179 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1181 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1184 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1189 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1192 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1193 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1196 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1198 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1199 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1200 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1203 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1204 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1205 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1206 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1207 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1208 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1212 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1213 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1218 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1221 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1222 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1226 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1227 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1228 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1229 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1233 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1234 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1235 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1236 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1237 contains the first component of a composition. */
1240 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1241 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1244 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1245 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1246 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1248 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1252 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1253 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1254 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1255 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1256 s
->background_width
,
1257 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1258 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1259 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1261 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1262 || s
->font_not_found_p
1263 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1266 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1267 s
->background_width
,
1268 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1269 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1275 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1278 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1279 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1283 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1284 of S to the right of that box line. */
1285 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1286 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1287 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1291 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1293 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1295 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1297 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1298 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1299 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1301 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1306 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1307 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1310 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1311 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1313 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1315 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1316 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1318 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1319 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1320 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1324 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1327 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1328 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1331 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1333 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1334 of S to the right of that box line. */
1335 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1336 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1337 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1341 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1342 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1343 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1344 this composition. */
1346 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1347 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1348 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1350 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1351 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1352 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1354 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1358 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1359 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1361 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1362 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1364 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1365 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1366 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1371 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1376 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1378 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1379 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1380 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1383 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1387 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1390 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1391 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1392 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1393 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1400 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1405 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1407 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1408 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1409 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1410 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1411 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1414 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1415 cannot be determined. */
1417 static struct frame
*
1418 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1421 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1425 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1427 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1428 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1429 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1430 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1431 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1432 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1434 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1435 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1436 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1437 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1438 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1440 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1441 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1442 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1449 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1450 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1451 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1452 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1455 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1460 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1461 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1465 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1466 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1467 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1468 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1469 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1470 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1473 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1477 unsigned long *pixel
;
1481 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1482 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1486 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1487 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1489 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1491 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1493 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1498 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1499 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1501 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1504 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1506 DPY is the display we are working on.
1508 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1509 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1510 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1511 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1513 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1514 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1516 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1517 we allocated the color or not.
1519 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1522 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1526 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1527 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1537 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1538 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1540 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1544 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1545 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1546 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1548 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1550 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1551 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1553 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1555 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1556 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1558 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1559 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1561 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1562 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1567 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1569 params
[0] = color_name
;
1570 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1571 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1572 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1577 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1579 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1581 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1585 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1589 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1590 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1593 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1598 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1599 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1600 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1602 APP is the application context in which we work.
1604 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1605 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1606 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1608 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1611 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1620 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1622 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1625 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1627 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1628 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1629 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1630 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1631 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1636 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1639 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1640 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1641 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1642 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1644 static const XColor
*
1645 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1649 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1651 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1653 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1656 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1657 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1658 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1659 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1660 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1662 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1663 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1665 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1666 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1669 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1670 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1674 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1675 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1678 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1683 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1685 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1688 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1690 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1691 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1692 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1693 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1697 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1701 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1702 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1705 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1709 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1713 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1714 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1715 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1719 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1726 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1729 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1730 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1731 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1732 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1734 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1736 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1738 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1740 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1741 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1742 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1743 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1745 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1748 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1752 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1753 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1754 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1755 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1759 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1760 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1761 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1762 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1763 XColor
*cached_color
;
1765 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1766 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1767 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1768 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1769 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1771 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1772 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1773 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1777 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1779 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1780 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1786 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1787 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1788 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1792 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1797 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1798 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1802 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1803 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1804 get color reference counts right. */
1807 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1809 unsigned long pixel
;
1813 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1815 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1816 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1818 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1819 register_color (pixel
);
1825 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1826 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1827 get color reference counts right. */
1830 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1833 unsigned long pixel
;
1837 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1839 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1840 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1842 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1843 register_color (pixel
);
1849 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1852 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1853 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1854 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1855 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1856 use an additional additive factor.
1858 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1859 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1860 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1863 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1864 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1865 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1866 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1867 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1868 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1871 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1875 unsigned long *pixel
;
1883 /* Get RGB color values. */
1884 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1885 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1887 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1888 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1889 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1890 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1891 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1893 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1894 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1896 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1897 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1898 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1899 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1900 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1902 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1903 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1904 /* The additive adjustment. */
1905 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1909 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1910 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1911 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1915 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1916 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1917 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1921 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1922 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1925 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1927 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1928 delta to the RGB values. */
1929 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1931 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1932 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1933 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1934 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1945 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1946 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1947 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1948 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1949 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1950 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1953 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1955 struct relief
*relief
;
1958 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1961 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1962 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1963 unsigned long pixel
;
1964 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1965 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1966 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1967 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1969 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1970 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1972 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1973 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1974 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1976 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1978 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1979 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1982 /* Allocate new color. */
1983 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1985 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1986 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1988 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1989 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1992 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1994 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1996 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1999 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2003 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
2006 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
2007 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2009 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2010 unsigned long color
;
2012 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2013 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2014 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2016 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2017 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2022 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2023 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2024 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2027 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2028 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2030 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2031 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2032 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2033 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2034 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2039 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2040 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2041 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2042 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2043 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2044 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2048 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2049 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2051 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2052 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2053 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2055 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2056 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2061 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2063 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2064 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2068 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2069 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2070 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2071 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2075 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2076 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2077 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2079 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2081 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2083 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2084 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2088 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2089 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2090 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2091 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2095 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2096 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2097 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2099 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2103 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2104 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2105 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2106 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2107 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2108 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2111 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2112 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2113 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2114 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2115 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2119 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2120 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2121 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2124 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2125 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2129 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2130 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2133 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2134 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2138 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2139 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2141 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2142 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2146 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2149 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2150 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2152 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2153 int left_p
, right_p
;
2154 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2155 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2157 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2158 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2159 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2161 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2162 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2164 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2166 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2167 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2169 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2171 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2173 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2175 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2176 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2178 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2179 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2180 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2182 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2184 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2186 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2187 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2188 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2191 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2192 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2193 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2198 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2201 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2202 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2205 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2207 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2208 right of that line. */
2209 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2210 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2212 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2214 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2216 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2217 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2218 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2219 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2225 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2226 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2227 trust on the shape extension to be available
2228 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2230 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2233 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2235 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2236 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2237 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2238 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2239 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2241 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2244 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2245 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2246 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2247 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2248 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2249 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2253 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2255 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2258 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2259 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2260 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2261 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2262 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2263 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2265 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2266 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2267 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2268 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2269 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2270 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2271 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2273 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2275 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2277 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2278 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2283 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2284 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2285 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2289 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2292 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2293 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2295 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2298 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2300 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2301 right of that line. */
2302 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2303 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2305 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2307 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2309 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2310 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2311 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2312 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2314 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2315 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2317 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2318 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2322 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2323 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2328 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2329 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2331 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2332 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2333 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2335 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2337 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2342 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2345 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2346 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2350 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2352 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2353 right of that line. */
2354 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2355 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2357 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2359 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2361 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2362 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2363 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2364 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2370 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2371 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2372 trust on the shape extension to be available
2373 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2375 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2379 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2380 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2381 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2382 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2383 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2385 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2386 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2387 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2388 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2392 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2393 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2394 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2396 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2397 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2398 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2399 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2400 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2401 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2402 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2404 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2406 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2407 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2408 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2413 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2414 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2415 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2419 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2420 give the rectangle to draw. */
2423 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2424 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2429 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2430 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2431 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2432 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2435 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2439 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2442 s->x +-------------------------
2445 | +-------------------------
2448 | | +-------------------
2454 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2455 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2457 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2458 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2460 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2463 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2464 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2465 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2466 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2468 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2469 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2471 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2472 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2476 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2477 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2481 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2482 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2483 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2484 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2485 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2487 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2488 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2489 s
->background_width
,
2492 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2494 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2496 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2499 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2500 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2501 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2502 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2503 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2504 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2505 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2510 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2512 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2513 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2514 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2515 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2523 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2525 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2527 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2528 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2530 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2533 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2536 /* Draw the foreground. */
2539 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2540 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2541 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2542 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2543 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2546 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2548 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2550 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2551 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2552 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2556 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2559 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2560 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2562 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2564 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2565 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2567 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2568 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2569 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2570 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2574 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2577 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2580 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2582 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2583 if (width
< background_width
)
2586 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2591 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2592 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2594 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2600 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2601 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2603 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2605 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2606 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2607 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2608 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2613 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2614 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2615 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2616 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2620 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2622 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2623 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2625 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2626 except for header line and mode line. */
2627 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2629 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2632 if (background_width
> 0)
2633 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2636 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2640 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2643 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2644 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2646 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2648 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2649 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2650 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2651 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2654 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2656 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
; next
;
2657 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2658 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2660 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2661 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2662 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2663 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2667 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2668 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2670 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2671 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2672 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2673 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2674 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2675 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2678 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2679 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2680 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2681 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2684 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2686 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2687 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2688 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2689 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2690 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2691 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2693 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2695 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2698 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2702 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2706 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2707 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2709 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2710 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2713 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2714 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2715 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2716 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2718 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2719 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2726 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2728 /* Draw underline. */
2729 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2731 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2734 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2736 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2737 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2738 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2742 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2743 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2744 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2747 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2748 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2751 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2752 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2753 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2754 specs, and its default is
2756 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2757 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2759 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2760 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2761 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2763 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2765 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2767 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2768 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2769 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2770 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2771 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2772 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2773 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2774 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2775 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2776 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2777 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2778 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, thickness
);
2782 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2783 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2784 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2785 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, thickness
);
2786 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2790 /* Draw overline. */
2791 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2793 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2795 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2796 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2797 s
->background_width
, h
);
2801 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2802 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2803 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2804 s
->background_width
, h
);
2805 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2809 /* Draw strike-through. */
2810 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2812 unsigned long h
= 1;
2813 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2815 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2816 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2821 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2822 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2823 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2825 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2829 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2830 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2831 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2835 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2837 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2838 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2839 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2841 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2842 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2843 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2846 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2847 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2848 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2849 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2851 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2852 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2854 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2860 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2862 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2863 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2864 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2866 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2867 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2868 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2871 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2872 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2873 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2874 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2876 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2877 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2879 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2884 /* Reset clipping. */
2885 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2889 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2892 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2894 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2896 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2897 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2898 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2902 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2906 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
2914 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2915 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2918 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2925 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2926 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2930 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2933 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2935 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2937 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2938 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2939 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2941 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2942 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2944 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2946 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2947 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2948 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2950 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2957 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2959 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2960 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2962 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2965 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2966 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2969 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2970 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2972 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2973 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2974 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2976 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2977 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2981 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2983 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2984 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2988 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2990 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2991 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2993 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2995 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3007 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3008 pixels into background pixels. */
3012 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3013 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3014 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3016 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3017 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3021 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3022 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3023 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3024 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3025 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3026 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3027 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3031 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3032 edge it is next to. */
3033 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3035 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3036 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3039 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3040 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3047 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3049 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3050 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3052 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3054 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3055 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3056 width
, flash_height
);
3057 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3059 (height
- flash_height
3060 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3061 width
, flash_height
);
3064 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3065 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3066 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3067 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3072 struct timeval wakeup
;
3074 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3076 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3077 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3078 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3079 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3081 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3083 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3085 struct timeval current
;
3086 struct timeval timeout
;
3088 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3090 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3091 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3094 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3096 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3098 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3099 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3103 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3104 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3106 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3108 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3109 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3110 width
, flash_height
);
3111 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3113 (height
- flash_height
3114 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3115 width
, flash_height
);
3118 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3119 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3120 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3121 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3123 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3131 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3134 /* Make audible bell. */
3139 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3141 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3143 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3150 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3151 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3158 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3159 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3160 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3161 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3164 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3167 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3172 /***********************************************************************
3174 ***********************************************************************/
3176 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3177 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3180 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3188 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3191 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3195 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3196 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3198 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3199 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3201 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3203 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3204 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3205 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3209 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3210 line at the bottom. */
3211 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3212 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3214 height
= run
->height
;
3218 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3220 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3221 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3223 height
= run
->height
;
3228 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3232 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3233 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3234 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3244 /***********************************************************************
3246 ***********************************************************************/
3253 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3254 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3255 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3256 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3258 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3259 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3261 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3262 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3266 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3269 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3270 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3271 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3272 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3274 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3275 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3277 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3278 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3281 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3282 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3283 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3284 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3285 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3288 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3289 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3290 struct frame
*frame
;
3292 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3294 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3296 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3297 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3298 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3300 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3301 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3304 selected_frame
= frame
;
3305 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3307 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3308 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3311 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3312 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3314 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3317 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3320 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3321 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3322 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3325 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3328 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3329 struct frame
*frame
;
3330 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3332 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3334 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3336 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3337 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3339 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3340 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3341 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3342 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3343 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3345 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3346 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3350 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3353 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3354 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3357 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3359 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3361 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3363 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3364 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3368 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3369 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3374 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3375 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3377 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3380 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3381 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3383 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3385 struct frame
*frame
;
3387 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3391 switch (event
->type
)
3396 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3398 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3400 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3401 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3402 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3403 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3405 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3411 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3412 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3413 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3414 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3418 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3420 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3421 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3422 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3429 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3432 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3433 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3435 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3438 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3439 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3440 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3442 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3443 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3444 the appropriate X display info. */
3447 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3448 struct frame
*frame
;
3450 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3454 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3455 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3457 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3459 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3461 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3462 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3463 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3464 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3465 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3467 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3468 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3472 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3474 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3477 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3478 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3479 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3485 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3487 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3489 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3490 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3492 int min_code
, max_code
;
3495 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3497 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3498 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3499 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3500 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3501 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3503 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3505 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3506 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3508 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3510 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3511 Alt keysyms are on. */
3513 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3514 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3516 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3518 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3519 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3521 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3523 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3527 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3531 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3533 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3539 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3540 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3545 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3546 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3551 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3552 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3553 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3554 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3559 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3560 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3561 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3562 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3566 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3567 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3568 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3569 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3570 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3579 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3580 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3582 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3583 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3586 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3587 make them just meta, not alt. */
3588 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3590 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3593 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3594 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3597 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3601 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3602 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3605 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3606 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3607 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3608 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3611 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3612 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3613 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3614 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3615 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3616 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3617 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3618 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3621 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3622 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3623 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3624 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3625 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3626 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3630 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3631 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3634 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3635 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3636 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3637 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3641 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3642 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3643 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3644 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3645 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3646 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3647 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3648 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3651 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3652 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3653 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3654 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3655 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3656 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3659 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3662 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3668 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3676 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3678 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3680 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3684 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3685 struct input_event
*result
;
3686 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3689 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3691 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3692 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3693 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3694 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3696 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3700 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3701 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3702 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3708 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3709 The input handler calls this.
3711 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3712 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3713 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3714 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3716 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3717 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3720 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3722 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3724 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3725 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3726 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3728 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3731 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3733 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3734 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3735 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3736 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3741 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3742 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3743 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3744 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3745 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3746 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3748 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3749 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3750 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3751 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3752 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3753 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3761 /************************************************************************
3763 ************************************************************************/
3766 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3768 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3769 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3770 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3771 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3772 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3777 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3778 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3780 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3781 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3782 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3783 position on the scroll bar.
3785 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3786 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3789 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3790 was at this position.
3792 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3794 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3798 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3801 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3802 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3804 unsigned long *time
;
3810 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3811 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3817 Window dummy_window
;
3820 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3822 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3823 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3824 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3825 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3826 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3828 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3830 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3831 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3832 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3834 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3837 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3838 a different screen. */
3841 /* The position on that root window. */
3844 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3847 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3849 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3851 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3852 containing the pointer. */
3856 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3860 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3861 structure is changing at the same time this function
3862 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3864 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3866 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3867 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3869 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3870 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3871 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3873 /* From-window, to-window. */
3874 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3876 /* From-position, to-position. */
3877 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3881 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3887 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3889 /* From-window, to-window. */
3892 /* From-position, to-position. */
3893 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3898 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3906 /* Now we know that:
3907 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3908 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3909 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3910 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3911 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3912 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3913 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3914 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3915 never use them in that case.) */
3917 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3918 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3920 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3921 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3924 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3925 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3927 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3930 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3933 x_uncatch_errors ();
3935 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3938 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3940 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3944 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3950 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3951 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3955 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3956 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3957 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3958 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3959 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3960 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3961 the frame are divided into. */
3963 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3964 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3969 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3970 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3971 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3981 /***********************************************************************
3983 ***********************************************************************/
3985 /* Scroll bar support. */
3987 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3989 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3992 static struct scroll_bar
*
3993 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3999 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4000 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4001 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4003 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4005 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4007 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4008 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4009 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4012 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4015 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4017 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4018 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4019 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4020 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4021 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4024 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4025 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4026 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4027 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4034 #if defined USE_LUCID
4036 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4037 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4040 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
4045 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4047 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4049 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4050 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4052 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4060 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4063 /************************************************************************
4065 ************************************************************************/
4067 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4069 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
4070 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
4071 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
4072 struct scroll_bar
*));
4073 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4077 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4078 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4080 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4082 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4084 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4086 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4087 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4090 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4092 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4094 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4096 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4097 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4098 to avoid jerkyness. */
4100 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4102 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4103 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4104 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4105 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4108 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4111 XtPointer client_data
;
4115 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4121 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4122 end_action
= "Release";
4123 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4124 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4125 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4126 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4129 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4130 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4134 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4135 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4136 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4138 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4140 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4141 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4142 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4144 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4145 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4147 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4148 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4151 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4153 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4154 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4156 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4157 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4160 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4161 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4162 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4163 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4166 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4168 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4171 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4172 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4173 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4178 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4179 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4180 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4181 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4182 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4185 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4186 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4187 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4188 into that array in the event. */
4189 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4190 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4193 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4195 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4196 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4197 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4199 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4201 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4202 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4205 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4206 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4207 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4208 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4209 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4210 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4212 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4213 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4214 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4215 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4218 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4219 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4220 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4221 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4226 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4230 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4232 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4234 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4239 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4240 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4242 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4243 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4245 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4246 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4249 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4251 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4253 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4254 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4255 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4256 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4257 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4263 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4265 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4268 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4269 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4270 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4273 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4275 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4277 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4278 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4279 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4283 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4284 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4285 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4288 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4289 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4290 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4293 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4294 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4295 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4298 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4299 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4300 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4304 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4305 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4308 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4309 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4310 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4317 /* Get the slider size. */
4319 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4322 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4323 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4324 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4325 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4329 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4335 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4336 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4337 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4341 #elif defined USE_GTK
4343 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4344 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4347 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4351 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4357 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4358 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4360 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4362 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4365 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4367 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4373 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4375 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4377 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4379 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4380 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4382 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4384 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4385 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4387 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4389 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4390 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4392 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4394 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4395 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4399 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4400 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4401 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4402 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4407 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4408 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4409 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4413 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4415 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4416 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4417 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4421 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4423 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4425 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4426 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4428 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4431 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4433 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4437 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4439 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4440 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4441 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4442 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4443 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4445 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4447 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4449 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4450 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4451 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4452 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4456 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4457 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4458 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4459 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4460 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4461 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4462 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4465 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4467 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4469 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4470 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4471 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4475 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4477 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4480 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4481 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4483 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4484 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4485 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4486 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4488 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4490 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4491 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4492 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4493 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4496 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4498 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4500 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4501 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4505 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4507 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4509 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4512 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4517 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4520 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4522 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4528 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4529 unsigned long pixel
;
4534 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4535 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4536 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4537 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4538 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4539 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4540 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4541 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4543 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4546 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4550 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4553 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4557 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4558 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4560 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4561 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4563 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4565 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4567 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4569 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4571 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4573 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4576 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4577 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4579 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4580 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4581 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4582 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4584 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4586 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4587 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4588 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4589 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4590 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4591 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4592 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4593 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4595 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4598 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4602 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4605 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4609 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4611 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4612 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4614 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4615 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4616 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4618 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4620 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4622 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4623 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4624 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4626 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4629 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4630 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4631 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4632 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4633 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4634 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4636 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4640 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4641 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4642 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4644 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4646 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4649 /* Specify the colors. */
4650 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4653 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4656 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4659 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4665 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4666 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4670 char *val
= initial
;
4671 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4672 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4673 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4675 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4676 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4677 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4678 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4679 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4680 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4684 /* Define callbacks. */
4685 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4686 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4689 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4690 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4692 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4694 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4695 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4696 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4697 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4699 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4700 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4701 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4702 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4706 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4709 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4710 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4714 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4715 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4716 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4718 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4721 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4723 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4724 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4725 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4727 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4728 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4735 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4736 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4737 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4738 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4739 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4740 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4741 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4742 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4743 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4744 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4745 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4746 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4747 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4748 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4755 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4756 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4759 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4763 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4764 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4766 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4767 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4768 size
= max (size
, 1);
4770 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4771 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4772 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4774 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4776 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4782 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4783 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4787 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4789 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4790 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4791 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4795 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4796 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4797 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4800 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4801 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4803 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4804 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4805 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4806 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4808 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4809 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4812 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4813 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4814 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4816 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4820 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4824 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4826 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4830 /************************************************************************
4831 Scroll bars, general
4832 ************************************************************************/
4834 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4835 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4836 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4839 static struct scroll_bar
*
4840 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4842 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4844 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4845 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4846 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4850 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4851 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4852 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4854 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4858 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4859 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4860 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4862 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4863 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4865 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4867 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4869 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4870 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4871 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4872 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4873 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4875 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4877 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4878 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4879 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4881 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4883 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4890 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4892 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4894 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4898 bar
->height
= height
;
4901 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4902 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4904 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4905 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4907 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4908 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4909 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4911 /* Map the window/widget. */
4912 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4915 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4918 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4919 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4921 xg_show_scroll_bar (bar
->x_window
);
4922 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4923 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4924 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4925 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4927 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4928 max (height
, 1), 0);
4929 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4930 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4932 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4933 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4934 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4941 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4943 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4945 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4946 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4947 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4950 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4951 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4952 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4953 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4954 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4957 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4958 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4962 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4963 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
4964 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4965 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4967 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4969 && start
== bar
->start
4976 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
4977 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
4978 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
4980 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4981 the distance between start and end. */
4983 int length
= end
- start
;
4987 else if (start
> top_range
)
4989 end
= start
+ length
;
4993 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4997 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5001 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5002 if (end
> top_range
)
5005 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5006 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5007 that many pixels tall. */
5008 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5010 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5011 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5013 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5014 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5015 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5016 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5017 inside_width
, start
,
5020 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5021 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5022 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5023 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5025 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5026 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5027 /* x, y, width, height */
5028 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5029 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5030 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5032 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5033 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5034 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5035 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5037 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5038 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5039 if (end
< inside_height
)
5040 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5041 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5042 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5043 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5044 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5052 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5054 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5058 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5059 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5061 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5064 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5066 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5067 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5068 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5069 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5071 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5074 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5075 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5081 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5082 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5083 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5087 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5089 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5091 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5092 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5093 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5094 int window_y
, window_height
;
5095 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5096 int fringe_extended_p
;
5099 /* Get window dimensions. */
5100 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5102 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5103 height
= window_height
;
5105 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5106 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5108 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5109 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5110 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5111 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5115 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5116 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5117 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5118 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5120 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5122 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5123 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5128 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5129 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5130 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5131 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5132 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5133 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5135 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5136 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5137 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5138 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5141 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5142 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5144 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5147 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5148 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5149 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5150 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5153 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5154 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5158 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5162 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5163 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5165 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5169 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5171 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5173 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5175 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5178 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5180 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5181 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5183 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5184 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5185 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5187 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5188 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5189 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5191 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5192 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5195 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5198 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5199 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5201 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5202 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5203 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5205 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5206 max (height
, 1), 0);
5207 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5209 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5211 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5212 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5213 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5215 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5216 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5218 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5219 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5220 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5224 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5225 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5226 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5229 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5230 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5231 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5233 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5234 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5235 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5236 rest
, height
, False
);
5238 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5239 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5243 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5248 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5250 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5252 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5256 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5258 /* Remember new settings. */
5259 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5261 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5262 bar
->height
= height
;
5267 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5268 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5270 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5271 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5272 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5274 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5276 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5279 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5282 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5283 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5284 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5287 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5289 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5293 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5294 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5295 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5296 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5297 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5298 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5299 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5301 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5302 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5303 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5306 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5309 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5310 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5313 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5314 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5315 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5316 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5317 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5318 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5319 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5324 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5325 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5328 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5329 struct window
*window
;
5331 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5334 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5335 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5338 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5340 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5341 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5342 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5344 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5346 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5347 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5349 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5350 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5351 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5353 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5354 one or the other! */
5358 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5360 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5361 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5363 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5365 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5366 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5367 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5370 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5371 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5374 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5377 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5379 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5381 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5382 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5383 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5385 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5387 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5389 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5392 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5395 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5396 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5400 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5401 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5402 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5404 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5408 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5409 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5412 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5413 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5414 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5415 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5419 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5421 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5422 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5423 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5424 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5426 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5427 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5429 /* x, y, width, height */
5431 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5434 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5435 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5436 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5437 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5442 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5444 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5445 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5447 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5452 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5453 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5455 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5457 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5460 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5461 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5462 emacs_event
->modifiers
5463 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5464 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5465 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5466 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5469 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5470 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5471 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5474 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5476 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5479 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5480 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5483 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5486 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5487 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5488 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5490 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5492 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5493 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5494 whether or not we're dragging. */
5496 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5498 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5499 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5500 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- bar
->start
);
5503 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5504 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5505 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5506 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5508 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5509 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5511 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5512 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5516 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5518 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5520 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5521 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5523 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5525 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5528 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5532 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5534 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5536 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5540 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5541 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5544 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5546 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5549 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5551 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5552 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5554 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5555 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5557 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5559 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5561 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5566 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5568 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5569 on the scroll bar. */
5572 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5574 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5575 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5577 unsigned long *time
;
5579 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5580 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5581 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5583 Window dummy_window
;
5585 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5589 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5591 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5593 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5594 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5595 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5597 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5600 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5607 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5610 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5612 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5614 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5615 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5619 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5623 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5625 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5626 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5627 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5628 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5629 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5630 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5632 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5634 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5635 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5638 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5641 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5647 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5648 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5649 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5653 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5656 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5659 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5660 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5661 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5662 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5663 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5664 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5665 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5666 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5668 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5672 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5675 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5676 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5677 sometimes don't work. */
5679 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5682 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5683 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5684 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5685 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5687 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5688 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5690 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5692 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5693 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5695 static int temp_index
;
5696 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5698 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5699 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5701 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5703 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5704 on a particular display. */
5706 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5708 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5709 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5710 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5711 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5713 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5715 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5718 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5719 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5720 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5721 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5722 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5723 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5727 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5728 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5738 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5739 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5740 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5742 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5744 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5748 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5749 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5752 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5753 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5754 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5757 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5758 event
->xclient
.window
);
5760 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5765 static int current_count
;
5766 static int current_finish
;
5767 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5769 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5770 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5771 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5772 static GdkFilterReturn
5773 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5778 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5780 if (current_count
>= 0)
5782 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5784 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5787 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5788 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5789 so we do it here. */
5790 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5791 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5792 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5796 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5800 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5805 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5807 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5808 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5810 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5812 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5815 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5817 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5818 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5819 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5821 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5824 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5825 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5828 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5831 struct input_event ie
;
5832 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5837 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5838 struct coding_system coding
;
5839 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5841 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5843 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5844 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5851 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5852 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5853 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5855 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5856 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5858 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5859 could be the shell widget window
5860 if the frame has no title bar. */
5861 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5863 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5864 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5865 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5867 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5868 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5869 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5870 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5871 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5874 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5875 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5876 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5877 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5880 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5881 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5882 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5885 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5886 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5887 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5889 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5890 /* The ICCCM says this is
5891 the only valid choice. */
5893 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5894 /* This is needed to detect the error
5895 if there is an error. */
5897 x_uncatch_errors ();
5899 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5904 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5905 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5907 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5908 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5909 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5910 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5911 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5912 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5913 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5914 session manager and one for this. */
5916 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5919 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5920 event
.xclient
.window
);
5921 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5922 for a single Emacs process. */
5923 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5924 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5925 event
.xclient
.window
,
5926 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5928 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5929 event
.xclient
.window
,
5935 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5936 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5938 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5939 event
.xclient
.window
);
5941 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5943 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5944 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5951 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5952 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5957 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5958 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5961 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5963 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5964 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5968 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5975 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5976 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5978 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5980 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5984 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5986 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5987 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5988 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5989 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5991 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5992 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5993 currently never do because we are interested in
5994 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5995 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5996 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5999 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6000 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6004 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6005 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6006 we construct an input_event. */
6007 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6008 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6010 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6011 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6014 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6016 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6017 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6018 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6020 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6021 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6022 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6024 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6028 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6031 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6032 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6036 case SelectionNotify
:
6037 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6038 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6039 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6041 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6042 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6045 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6046 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6047 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6048 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6050 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6052 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6054 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6055 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6056 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6057 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6058 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6062 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6063 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6064 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6065 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6067 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6069 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6070 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6072 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6073 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6074 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6075 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6076 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6077 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6078 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6079 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6083 case PropertyNotify
:
6084 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6085 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
6086 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
6087 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
6088 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
6089 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
6093 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6096 case ReparentNotify
:
6097 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6101 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6102 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6106 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6107 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6108 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6113 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6116 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6119 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6120 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6121 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6122 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6123 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6126 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6128 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6129 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6130 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6131 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6135 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6136 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6140 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6141 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6143 #if defined USE_LUCID
6144 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6145 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6146 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6149 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6151 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6153 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6155 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6156 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6158 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6159 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6160 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6163 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6164 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6167 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6168 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6172 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6173 source area was obscured or not
6175 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6179 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6180 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6181 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6183 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6186 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6189 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6190 source area was completely
6195 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6196 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6199 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6202 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6203 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6204 the frame was deleted. */
6206 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6207 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6208 display that won't ever be seen. */
6209 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6210 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6211 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6212 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6213 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6214 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6215 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6216 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6218 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6220 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6221 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6227 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6228 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6229 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6232 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6233 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6234 frame is visible. */
6235 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6238 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6239 the frame's display structures.
6240 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6241 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6242 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6243 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6244 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6245 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6247 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6248 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6249 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6253 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6254 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6256 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6257 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6258 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6259 to update the frame titles
6260 in case this is the second frame. */
6261 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6267 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6268 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6270 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6271 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6272 if (popup_activated ())
6276 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6278 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6279 mouse highlighting. */
6280 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6282 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6284 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6285 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6288 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6291 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6292 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6293 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6295 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6297 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6298 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6301 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6305 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6306 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6307 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6310 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6311 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6312 status_return even if the input is too long to
6313 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6314 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6315 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6316 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6317 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6318 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6319 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6321 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6325 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6326 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6327 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6329 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6333 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6334 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6335 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6337 /* This will have to go some day... */
6339 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6340 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6341 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6342 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6343 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6344 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6345 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6347 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6348 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6349 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6350 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6351 not it is combined with Meta. */
6352 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6353 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6358 Status status_return
;
6360 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6361 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6362 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6363 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6365 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6367 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6368 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6369 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6370 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6371 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6374 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6375 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6376 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6377 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6378 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6379 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6380 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6381 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6383 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6385 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6386 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6387 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6390 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6396 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6398 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6403 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6404 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6408 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6409 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6412 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6413 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6417 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6418 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6419 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6422 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6423 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6425 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6426 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6428 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6429 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6431 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6432 translations to characters. */
6433 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6434 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6436 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6437 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6441 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6442 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6444 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6445 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6447 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6448 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6452 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6453 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6454 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6458 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6459 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6460 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6461 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6465 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6466 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6467 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6468 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6469 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6470 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6472 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6473 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6475 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6476 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6477 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6478 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6479 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6480 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6482 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6483 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6485 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6486 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6488 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6489 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6491 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6492 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6494 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6495 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6497 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6498 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6500 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6501 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6503 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6504 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6506 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6507 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6509 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6510 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6512 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6513 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6515 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6516 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6518 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6519 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6521 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6522 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6523 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6524 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6525 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6526 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6527 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6528 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6529 don't have real modifiers but
6530 should be treated similarly to
6531 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6532 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6533 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6535 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6536 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6540 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6541 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6543 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6544 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6548 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6553 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6555 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6557 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6560 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6562 /* Decode the input data. */
6566 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6567 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6568 we used just above and the locale. */
6569 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6570 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6571 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6572 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6573 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6574 gives us composition information. */
6575 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6577 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6578 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6579 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6580 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6581 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6582 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6583 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6584 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6587 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6588 character events. */
6589 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6591 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6592 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6594 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6596 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6597 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6598 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6600 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6605 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6607 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6613 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6614 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6622 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6624 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6625 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6633 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6634 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6636 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6638 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6639 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6642 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6644 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6645 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6647 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6649 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6650 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6653 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6654 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6657 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6658 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6659 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6660 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6662 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6663 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6664 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6665 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6670 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6674 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6675 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6677 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6680 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6682 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6683 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6684 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6685 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6688 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6689 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6690 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6691 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6692 if (any_help_event_p
)
6696 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6697 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6698 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6703 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6708 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6709 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6710 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6712 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6713 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6714 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6716 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6718 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6720 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6721 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6727 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6728 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6729 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6733 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6734 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6737 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6738 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6739 will be selected only when it is active. */
6740 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6741 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6742 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6743 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6744 create event iff we don't leave the
6746 && (focus_follows_mouse
6747 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6748 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6750 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6751 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6756 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6757 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6761 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6762 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6763 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6764 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6767 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6768 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6770 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6771 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6772 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6775 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6776 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6777 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6778 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6783 case ConfigureNotify
:
6784 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6787 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6788 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6790 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6791 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6797 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6799 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6800 do this one, the right one will come later.
6801 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6802 need to reset it below. */
6804 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6805 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6806 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6807 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6812 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6813 is called by the code that handles resizing
6814 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6816 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6817 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6818 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6819 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6820 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6821 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6822 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6824 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6825 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6826 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6829 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6830 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6831 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6835 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6836 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6837 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6838 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6841 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6843 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6844 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6848 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6849 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6852 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6854 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6855 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6856 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6857 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6865 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6866 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6869 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6870 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6871 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6873 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6875 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6876 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6878 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6882 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6883 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6884 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6887 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6888 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6890 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6891 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6893 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6895 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6896 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6897 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6898 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6903 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6904 if (! popup_activated ())
6907 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6909 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6910 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6912 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6913 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6915 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6916 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6919 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6921 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6922 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6923 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6927 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6928 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6929 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6931 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6932 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6934 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6936 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6937 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6939 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6941 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6942 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6945 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6947 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6948 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6951 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6954 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6956 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6957 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6958 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6962 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6963 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6964 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6965 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6966 Instead, save it away
6967 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6968 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6971 ! popup_activated ()
6972 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6973 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6976 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6977 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6978 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6979 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6980 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6981 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6982 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6983 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6985 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6986 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6988 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6991 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6993 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6997 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6998 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6999 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
7001 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
7003 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
7004 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
7005 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
7010 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
7013 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
7017 case CirculateNotify
:
7020 case CirculateRequest
:
7023 case VisibilityNotify
:
7027 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7029 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7031 case MappingModifier
:
7032 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7033 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7034 case MappingKeyboard
:
7035 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7041 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7043 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7044 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7046 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7051 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7053 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7058 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7063 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7069 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7070 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7071 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7075 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7076 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7086 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7087 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7088 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7090 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7092 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7096 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7097 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7099 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7102 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7108 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7109 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7110 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7112 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7113 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7114 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7117 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7120 XTread_socket (terminal
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7121 struct terminal
*terminal
;
7123 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7127 int event_found
= 0;
7129 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7132 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7134 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7138 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7141 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7142 input_signal_count
++;
7147 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7148 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7150 struct input_event inev
;
7152 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7153 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7154 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7156 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7163 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7164 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7166 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7167 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7170 #if 0 /* This loop is a noop now. */
7171 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
7172 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
7173 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7175 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7177 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7178 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7179 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7180 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7181 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7182 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7185 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7186 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7187 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7188 for X connections. */
7191 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7193 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7194 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7195 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7196 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7198 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7205 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7209 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7212 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7213 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7218 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7219 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7221 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7227 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7228 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7229 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7230 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7232 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7233 from all displays. */
7235 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7237 current_count
= count
;
7238 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7240 gtk_main_iteration ();
7242 count
= current_count
;
7244 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7246 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7249 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7253 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7254 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7257 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7258 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7259 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7261 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7265 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7266 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7268 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7270 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7271 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7275 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7277 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7278 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7280 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7281 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7293 /***********************************************************************
7295 ***********************************************************************/
7297 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7298 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7300 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7301 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7302 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7305 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7307 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7311 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7312 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7313 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7315 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7317 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7318 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7319 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7320 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7321 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7323 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7327 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7330 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7332 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7334 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7335 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7336 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7339 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7342 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7343 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7344 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7345 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7348 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7349 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7350 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7352 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7353 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7354 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7355 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7356 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7358 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7359 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7360 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7362 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7363 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7364 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7365 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7369 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7371 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7372 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7373 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7377 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7379 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7381 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7383 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7384 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7386 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7387 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7389 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7390 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7393 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7394 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7395 the bar might not be in the window. */
7396 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7398 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7399 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7400 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7404 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7405 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7406 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7407 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7408 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7411 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7412 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7413 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7414 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7415 that the glyph is legible. */
7416 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7417 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7419 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7420 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7423 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7426 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7427 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7431 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7432 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7434 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7435 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7437 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7438 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7439 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7440 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7441 width
, row
->height
);
7443 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7444 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7445 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7446 row
->height
- width
),
7447 min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
), cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
),
7450 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7455 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7458 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7462 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7466 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7469 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7471 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7473 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7474 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7478 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7481 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7483 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7485 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7488 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7492 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7493 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7495 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7496 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7498 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7499 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7502 switch (cursor_type
)
7504 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7505 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7508 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7509 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7513 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7517 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7521 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7529 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7530 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7531 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7536 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7543 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7546 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7552 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7555 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7556 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7557 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7558 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7563 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7564 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7565 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7567 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7568 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7569 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7573 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7574 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7578 #if defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7580 if (xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7583 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7585 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7586 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7587 #endif /* defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) */
7589 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7592 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7593 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7597 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7598 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7602 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7603 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7604 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7605 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7606 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7608 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7611 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7612 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7618 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7619 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7622 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7626 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7631 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7632 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7634 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7635 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7638 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7639 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7640 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7641 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7646 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7648 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7649 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7651 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7652 be called from a signal handler.
7655 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7656 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7658 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7660 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7662 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7663 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7664 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7667 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7671 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7672 x_error_message
->string
,
7673 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7676 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7677 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7680 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7681 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7682 stored in *x_error_message.
7684 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7685 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7687 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7689 void x_check_errors ();
7692 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7695 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7697 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7701 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7702 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7703 x_error_message
= data
;
7706 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7707 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7712 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7716 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7717 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7718 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7719 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7721 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7722 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7727 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7728 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7729 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7732 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7736 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7739 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7741 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7742 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7743 x_uncatch_errors ();
7744 error (format
, string
);
7748 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7749 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7752 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7755 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7758 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7761 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7764 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7767 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7770 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7771 * idea. --lorentey */
7772 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7775 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7777 while (x_error_message
)
7778 x_uncatch_errors ();
7782 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7785 x_catching_errors ()
7787 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7791 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7794 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7799 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7800 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7801 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7802 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7803 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7806 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7807 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7810 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7811 must reestablish each time */
7812 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7817 /************************************************************************
7819 ************************************************************************/
7821 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7823 static char *error_msg
;
7825 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7826 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7827 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7830 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7832 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7836 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7837 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7840 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7842 char *error_message
;
7844 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7845 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7846 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7848 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7849 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7850 handling_signal
= 0;
7852 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7853 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7854 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7855 the original message here. */
7856 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7858 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7859 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7863 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7865 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7866 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7869 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7870 that are on the dead display. */
7871 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7873 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7875 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7876 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7877 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7878 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7879 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7880 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7883 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7884 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7885 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7886 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7887 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7888 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7890 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7891 trying to find a replacement. */
7892 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7893 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7896 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7897 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7898 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7900 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7901 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7902 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7904 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7905 in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7907 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7908 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7909 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7913 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7914 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7915 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7917 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7918 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7919 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7920 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7925 /* Due to bugs in some Gtk+ versions, just exit here if this
7926 is the last display/terminal. */
7927 if (terminal_list
->next_terminal
== NULL
)
7929 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7930 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7933 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7936 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7937 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7939 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7940 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7941 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7942 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7947 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7948 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7952 x_uncatch_errors ();
7954 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7956 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7957 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7961 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7963 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7965 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7966 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7968 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7969 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7970 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7971 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7972 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7973 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7976 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7977 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7978 static void x_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*, XErrorEvent
*));
7980 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7981 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7984 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7988 if (x_error_message
)
7989 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7991 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7995 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7996 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7997 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7999 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
8001 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
8002 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
8007 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
8013 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
8014 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
8016 static void NO_INLINE
8017 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
8021 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
8023 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
8024 or colors that are not defined. */
8026 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
8029 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
8030 original error handler. */
8032 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
8033 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
8034 buf
, error
->request_code
);
8035 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
8039 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
8040 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
8041 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8044 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
8049 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
8050 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
8054 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
8056 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
8057 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
8058 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
8062 x_new_font (f
, font_object
, fontset
)
8064 Lisp_Object font_object
;
8067 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
8070 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
8071 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8072 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
8073 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
8077 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
8078 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
8079 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
8080 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
8081 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
8083 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8085 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8086 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8088 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8089 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8090 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8094 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8095 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8098 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8100 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8101 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8102 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8103 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8104 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8109 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8112 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8121 /***********************************************************************
8123 ***********************************************************************/
8129 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8130 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8131 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8134 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8136 XPointer client_data
;
8139 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8140 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8144 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8145 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8147 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8148 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8150 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8151 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8155 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8156 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8157 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8161 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8164 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8165 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8168 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8169 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8172 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8173 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8174 char *resource_name
;
8181 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8188 XIMCallback destroy
;
8191 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8192 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8195 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8196 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8197 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8203 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8204 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8208 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8212 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8213 char *resource_name
;
8216 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8217 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8218 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8219 when the callback was registered. */
8222 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8224 XPointer client_data
;
8227 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8228 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8230 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8234 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8236 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8237 as they have no XIC. */
8238 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8240 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8243 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8245 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8248 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8249 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8251 create_frame_xic (f
);
8252 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8253 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8254 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8256 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8257 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8266 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8269 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8270 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8271 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8272 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8275 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8276 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8277 char *resource_name
;
8282 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8283 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8286 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8287 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8288 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8289 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8290 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8291 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8292 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8293 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8294 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8295 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8296 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8297 least, hence the configure test. */
8298 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8299 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8300 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8301 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8302 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8306 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8307 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8311 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8314 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8315 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8320 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8321 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8322 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8324 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8325 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8326 /* If we have X11R6 xim, this causes a double-free. */
8327 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8328 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8329 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8330 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8331 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8333 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8336 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8340 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8341 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8344 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8347 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8349 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8350 is already for the top-left corner. */
8351 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8354 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8355 position that fits on the screen. */
8356 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8357 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8358 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8361 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8363 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8364 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8365 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8367 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8368 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8369 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8370 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8373 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8374 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8376 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8379 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8380 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8381 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8384 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8385 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8386 so the flags should correspond. */
8387 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8390 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8391 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8392 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8393 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8394 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8397 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8399 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8402 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8404 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8406 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8407 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8411 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8413 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8415 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8416 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8418 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8421 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8423 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8424 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8426 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8428 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8429 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8430 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8431 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8432 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8435 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8436 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8438 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8439 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8442 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8443 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8444 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8445 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8448 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8449 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8450 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8452 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8453 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8454 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8455 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8456 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8457 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8462 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8463 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8464 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8465 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8466 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8469 wm_supports (f
, atomname
)
8471 const char *atomname
;
8474 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8475 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8477 Window wmcheck_window
;
8478 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8479 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8480 long max_len
= 65536;
8481 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8482 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8483 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8488 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", False
);
8490 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8491 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8492 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8493 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8494 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8496 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8498 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8499 x_uncatch_errors ();
8504 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8507 /* Check if window exists. */
8508 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8510 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8512 x_uncatch_errors ();
8517 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8519 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8520 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8521 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8522 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8523 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8524 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8526 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8527 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTED", False
);
8529 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8530 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8531 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8532 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8534 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8536 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8537 x_uncatch_errors ();
8542 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8543 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8544 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8548 want_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, atomname
, False
);
8550 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8551 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8553 x_uncatch_errors ();
8559 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8562 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
)
8565 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE");
8567 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8568 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8570 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
8575 const char *atom
= "_NET_WM_STATE";
8576 const char *fs
= "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN";
8577 const char *fw
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ";
8578 const char *fh
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT";
8579 const char *what
= NULL
;
8581 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8583 /* If there are _NET_ atoms we assume we have extended window manager
8585 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8587 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8590 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8593 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8598 if (what
!= NULL
&& !wm_supports (f
, what
)) return 0;
8601 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8602 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8604 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8606 (make_unibyte_string (fs
,
8609 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8610 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8612 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8614 (make_unibyte_string (fh
,
8617 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8618 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8620 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8622 (make_unibyte_string (fw
,
8625 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8627 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8628 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8630 Fcons (make_number (1), /* Add */
8632 (make_unibyte_string (what
,
8637 return have_net_atom
;
8641 XTfullscreen_hook (f
)
8644 if (f
->async_visible
)
8647 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
);
8654 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8655 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8657 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8660 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8662 int width
, height
, ign
;
8664 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8667 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8669 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8671 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8672 when setting WM manager hints.
8673 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8674 x_check_expected_move. */
8675 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8677 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8678 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8679 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8681 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8682 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8687 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8688 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8689 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8690 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8691 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8692 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8693 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8696 x_check_expected_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
)
8701 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8703 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8704 window manager window around the frame. */
8706 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8708 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8710 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8715 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8716 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8717 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8719 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8721 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8722 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8724 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8725 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8727 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8730 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8731 frame's position. */
8733 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8737 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8738 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8739 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8740 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8741 of an exact comparison. */
8744 x_sync_with_move (f
, left
, top
, fuzzy
)
8746 int left
, top
, fuzzy
;
8750 while (count
++ < 50)
8752 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8754 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8755 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8758 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8759 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8763 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8766 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8767 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8770 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8774 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8775 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8777 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8781 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8782 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8783 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8784 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8787 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8792 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8794 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8795 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8796 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8798 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8799 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8800 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8802 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8804 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8805 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8807 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8808 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8810 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8811 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8812 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8814 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8815 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8816 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8817 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8819 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8820 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8821 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8822 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8823 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8825 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8827 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8828 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8829 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8831 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8832 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8833 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8834 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8835 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8837 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8841 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8842 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8843 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8844 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8847 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8855 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8856 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8858 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8861 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8863 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8864 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8865 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8866 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8867 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8868 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8869 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8870 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8871 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8874 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8876 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8878 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8880 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8882 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8883 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8885 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8886 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8887 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8888 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8889 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8894 /* Mouse warping. */
8897 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8903 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8904 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8906 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8907 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8909 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8910 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8914 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8915 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8919 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8922 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8928 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8929 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8933 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8936 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8939 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8943 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8944 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8945 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8946 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8947 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8956 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8957 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8958 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8959 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8963 /* Raise frame F. */
8970 if (f
->async_visible
)
8971 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8973 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8977 /* Lower frame F. */
8983 if (f
->async_visible
)
8986 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8987 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8992 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8995 x_ewmh_activate_frame (f
)
8998 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8999 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
9001 const char *atom
= "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW";
9002 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, atom
))
9005 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9006 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9007 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
9009 Fcons (make_number (1),
9010 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9016 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
9026 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9029 xembed_set_info (f
, flags
)
9031 enum xembed_info flags
;
9034 unsigned long data
[2];
9036 atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), "_XEMBED_INFO", False
);
9038 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9041 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), atom
, atom
,
9042 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9046 xembed_send_message (f
, time
, message
, detail
, data1
, data2
)
9049 enum xembed_message message
;
9056 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9057 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9058 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9059 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9060 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
9061 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
9062 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9063 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9064 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9066 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9067 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9068 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9071 /* Change of visibility. */
9073 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9074 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9075 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9076 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9077 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9078 finishes with it. */
9081 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
9085 int original_top
, original_left
;
9086 int retry_count
= 2;
9092 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9094 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9096 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9098 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9099 call x_set_offset a second time
9100 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9101 before the window gets really visible. */
9102 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9103 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9104 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9105 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9107 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9109 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9110 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9111 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9112 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9113 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9116 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9117 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9119 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9121 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9122 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9124 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9125 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9127 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9128 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9129 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9130 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
9131 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
9132 to come back ok without this. */
9133 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
9134 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9138 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9140 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9141 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9142 so that incoming events are handled. */
9146 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9147 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9148 will set it when they are handled. */
9149 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9151 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9152 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9154 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9157 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9159 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9160 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9161 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9162 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9164 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9165 because the window manager may choose the position
9166 and we don't want to override it. */
9168 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9169 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9170 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9171 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9172 && previously_visible
)
9176 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9180 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9181 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9182 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9183 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9184 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9185 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9186 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9187 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9188 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9190 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9191 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9192 original_left
, original_top
);
9197 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9199 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9200 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9201 MapNotify at all.. */
9202 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9203 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9205 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9208 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9209 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9210 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9211 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9212 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9214 if (input_polling_used ())
9216 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9217 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9218 handler reset it. */
9219 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
9220 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9221 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9222 poll_for_input_1 ();
9223 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9226 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9227 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9232 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9236 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9237 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9238 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9239 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9241 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9246 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9248 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9251 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
9256 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9257 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9259 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9260 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9261 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9263 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
9264 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
9270 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9271 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9272 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9273 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9274 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9275 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9278 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9279 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9282 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9283 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9288 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9289 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9291 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9292 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9296 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9297 just by the event that we get from the server.
9298 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9299 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9300 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9302 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9303 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9304 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9311 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9320 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9321 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9322 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9324 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9329 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9331 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9333 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9336 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9338 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9339 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9341 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9344 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9345 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9351 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9353 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9355 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9356 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9357 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9358 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9359 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9360 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9361 so we have to record it here. */
9364 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9365 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9370 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9371 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9372 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9376 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9378 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9379 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9383 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9385 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9387 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9388 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9389 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9390 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9391 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9392 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9394 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9395 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9397 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9398 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9402 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9403 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9404 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9405 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9406 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9408 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9409 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9411 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9414 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9415 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9419 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9421 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9423 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9425 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9426 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9429 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9430 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9432 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9434 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9438 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9441 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9444 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9446 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9450 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9451 commands to the X server. */
9452 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9454 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9455 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9457 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9458 free_frame_faces (f
);
9460 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9461 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9463 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9464 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9465 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9466 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9467 toolkit scroll bars. */
9468 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9470 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9471 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9480 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9481 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9483 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9484 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9486 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9487 we are using a toolkit. */
9488 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9489 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9491 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9492 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9495 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9496 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9497 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9499 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9500 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9501 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9503 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9505 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9506 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9507 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9509 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9510 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9511 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9512 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9513 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9514 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9516 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9517 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9518 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9519 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9520 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9521 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9522 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9523 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9524 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9525 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9526 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9527 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9528 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9529 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9530 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9532 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9533 free_frame_faces (f
);
9536 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9539 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9540 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9541 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9543 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9544 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9545 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9546 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9547 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9548 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9550 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9552 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9553 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9554 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9555 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9556 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9557 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9558 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9565 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9568 x_destroy_window (f
)
9571 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9573 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9574 commands to the X server. */
9575 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9576 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9578 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9582 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9584 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9585 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9586 that the window now has.
9587 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9588 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9589 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9593 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9598 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9600 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9603 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9606 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9608 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9609 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9611 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9612 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9614 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9615 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9616 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9617 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9618 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9619 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9620 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9621 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9622 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9623 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9625 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9626 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9627 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9628 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9629 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9630 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9632 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9634 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9635 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9636 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9638 int base_width
, base_height
;
9639 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9641 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9642 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9644 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9646 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9647 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9648 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9649 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9650 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9652 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9653 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9654 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9656 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9657 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9658 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9659 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9660 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9663 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9666 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9669 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9672 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9673 long supplied_return
;
9676 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9679 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9680 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9681 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9682 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9683 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9687 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9692 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9693 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9694 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9695 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9696 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9697 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9698 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9699 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9703 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9708 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9709 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9713 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9714 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9716 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9718 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9720 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9722 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9725 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9729 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9732 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9733 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9734 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9735 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9737 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9738 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9740 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9741 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9745 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9749 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9751 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9752 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9757 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9758 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9759 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9760 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9764 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9765 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9766 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9767 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9768 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9769 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9770 best to explicitly give up. */
9772 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9773 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9782 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9786 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9790 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9791 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9792 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9793 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9796 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9798 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9799 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9801 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9805 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9809 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9811 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9812 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9813 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9815 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9819 /***********************************************************************
9821 ***********************************************************************/
9825 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9829 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9835 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9836 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9837 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9840 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9843 /***********************************************************************
9845 ***********************************************************************/
9847 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9848 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9849 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9850 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9852 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9853 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9854 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9856 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9857 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9858 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9859 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9860 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9861 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9862 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9865 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9867 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9869 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9871 static int x_initialized
;
9874 static int x_session_initialized
;
9877 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9878 the screen number from the server number. */
9880 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
9881 const char *name1
, *name2
;
9884 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9885 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9886 int length_until_period
= 0;
9888 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9889 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9890 length_until_period
++;
9892 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9893 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9895 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9897 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9898 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9899 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9900 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9901 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9902 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9903 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9904 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9905 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9906 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9907 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9908 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9909 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9910 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9912 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9916 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9920 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9921 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9924 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9925 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9928 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
9952 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9953 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9956 x_display_ok (display
)
9957 const char *display
;
9962 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9964 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9970 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9971 the structure that describes the open display.
9972 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9974 struct x_display_info
*
9975 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
9976 Lisp_Object display_name
;
9978 char *resource_name
;
9982 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9983 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9994 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
9995 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
10001 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10002 char **argv2
= argv
;
10005 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
10006 if (!EQ (Vinitial_window_system
, intern ("x")))
10007 error ("Sorry, you cannot connect to X servers with the GTK toolkit");
10010 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10012 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
10013 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10014 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10015 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10016 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10018 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10022 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10026 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10028 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10030 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10031 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10034 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10035 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10037 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10039 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10041 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10045 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10047 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10048 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10050 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10052 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10053 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10055 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10056 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10058 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10059 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10062 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10063 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10066 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10067 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10068 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10070 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10071 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10072 So let's not use it until R6. */
10073 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10074 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10085 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10086 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10088 turn_on_atimers (0);
10089 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10090 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10091 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10093 turn_on_atimers (1);
10095 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10096 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10101 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10102 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10103 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10104 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10105 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10107 /* Detect failure. */
10114 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10116 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10117 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10119 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10122 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10125 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10126 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10127 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10128 SDATA (display_name
)))
10131 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10134 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10135 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10136 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= intern ("x");
10137 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10139 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10140 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal */
10141 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10143 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10144 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10145 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10147 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10148 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10151 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10152 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10153 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10154 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10155 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10156 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10157 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10159 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10162 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10163 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10164 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10166 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10167 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10168 x_display_name_list
);
10169 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10171 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10173 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10174 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10175 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10176 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10179 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10183 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10184 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10186 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10187 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10189 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10190 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10192 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10194 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10195 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10196 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10198 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10199 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10201 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10202 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10203 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10204 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10206 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10208 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10210 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10212 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10213 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10214 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10215 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10216 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10217 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10218 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10219 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10220 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10221 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10222 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10223 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10224 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10225 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10226 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10227 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10228 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10229 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10230 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10231 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10232 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10233 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10234 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10235 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10236 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10237 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10238 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10239 dpyinfo
->terminal
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10240 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10242 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10243 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10244 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10246 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10248 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10249 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10250 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10251 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10252 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10253 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10256 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10257 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10259 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10262 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10263 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10264 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10266 if (STRINGP (value
)
10267 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10268 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10269 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10273 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10274 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10277 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10278 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10279 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10280 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10281 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10282 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10283 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10284 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10285 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10288 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10289 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10290 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10291 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10292 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10293 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10294 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10295 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10296 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10297 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10298 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10299 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10300 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10301 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10302 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10303 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10304 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10305 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10306 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10307 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10308 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10309 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10310 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10311 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10312 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10313 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10314 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10315 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10316 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10317 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10318 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10319 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10320 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10321 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10322 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10323 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10324 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10325 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10326 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10327 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10328 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10329 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10330 /* For properties of font. */
10331 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10332 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10333 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10334 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10335 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10336 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10337 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10338 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10339 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10340 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10342 /* Ghostscript support. */
10343 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10344 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10346 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10349 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_XEMBED",
10352 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10354 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10355 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10356 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10357 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10359 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10360 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10361 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10363 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10364 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10369 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10371 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10372 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10373 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10378 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10379 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10381 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10383 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10384 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10388 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10391 #ifdef subprocesses
10392 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10393 if (connection
!= 0)
10394 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10398 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10399 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10402 if (interrupt_input
)
10403 init_sigio (connection
);
10404 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10408 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10409 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10412 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10413 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10414 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10415 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10416 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10417 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10418 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10419 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10421 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10422 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10423 x_uncatch_errors ();
10427 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10428 for debugging X code. */
10431 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10432 build_string ("synchronous"),
10433 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10435 if (STRINGP (value
)
10436 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10437 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10438 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10443 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10444 build_string ("useXIM"),
10445 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10448 if (STRINGP (value
)
10449 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10450 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10453 if (STRINGP (value
)
10454 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10455 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10461 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10462 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10464 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10465 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10473 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10474 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10477 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10478 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10481 struct terminal
*t
;
10483 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10485 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10486 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10489 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10490 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10493 delete_terminal (t
);
10497 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10499 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10500 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10501 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10502 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10503 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10508 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10509 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10511 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10513 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10516 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10520 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10521 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10523 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10524 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10527 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10529 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10530 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10531 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10534 /* Xt and GTK do this themselves. */
10535 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
10536 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10537 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10542 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10545 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10546 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10550 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10552 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10553 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10554 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10555 that slows us down. */
10558 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10559 struct atimer
*timer
;
10562 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10563 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10565 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10566 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10567 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10568 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10573 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10574 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10575 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10576 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10577 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10578 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10579 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10582 x_activate_timeout_atimer ()
10585 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10587 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10589 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10590 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10591 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10596 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10599 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10601 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10603 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10605 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10609 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10611 x_after_update_window_line
,
10612 x_update_window_begin
,
10613 x_update_window_end
,
10619 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10621 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10622 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10623 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10624 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10625 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10626 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10627 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10628 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10629 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10630 x_clear_frame_area
,
10631 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10632 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10633 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10637 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10639 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10641 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10644 /* Protect against recursive calls. Fdelete_frame in
10645 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10646 if (!terminal
->name
)
10650 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10651 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10652 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10654 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10655 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10658 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10660 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10661 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10663 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10665 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10668 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10672 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10673 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10675 static struct terminal
*
10676 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10678 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10680 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10682 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10683 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10684 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10686 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10688 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10689 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10690 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10691 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10692 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10693 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10694 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10695 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10696 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10697 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10698 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10699 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10700 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10701 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10702 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10703 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10704 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10705 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10706 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10708 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10709 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10711 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10712 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10713 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10714 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10715 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10716 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10728 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10729 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10730 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10732 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10736 current_count
= -1;
10739 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10740 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10742 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10743 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10745 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10747 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10748 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10749 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10750 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10751 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10752 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10753 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10755 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10758 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10760 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10761 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10765 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10766 original error handler. */
10767 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10768 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10770 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10771 #if 0 /* Don't. We may want to open tty frames later. */
10773 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10774 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10777 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10784 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10786 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10787 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10789 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10790 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10792 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10793 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10795 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10796 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10798 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10799 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10801 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10802 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10803 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10804 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10805 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10806 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10807 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10809 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10811 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10812 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10813 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10814 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10815 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10816 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10817 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10819 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10820 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10821 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10822 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10823 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10824 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10825 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10826 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10827 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10829 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10830 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10831 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10832 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10833 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10835 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10836 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10837 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10839 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10841 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10844 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10847 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10848 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10850 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10851 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10852 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10853 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10854 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10855 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10856 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10857 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10858 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10860 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10861 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10862 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10863 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10864 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10865 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10867 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10868 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10869 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10870 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10871 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10872 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10874 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10875 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10876 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10877 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10878 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10879 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10881 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10882 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10883 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10884 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10885 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10886 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10888 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10889 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10890 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10891 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10892 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10896 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10898 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10899 (do not change this comment) */